Sema.h revision 35f3f36cb9451f347b83a6e7f01e3c702df4732d
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
48#include <deque>
49#include <string>
50
51namespace llvm {
52  class APSInt;
53  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
54  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
55  class SmallBitVector;
56}
57
58namespace clang {
59  class ADLResult;
60  class ASTConsumer;
61  class ASTContext;
62  class ASTMutationListener;
63  class ASTReader;
64  class ASTWriter;
65  class ArrayType;
66  class AttributeList;
67  class BlockDecl;
68  class CXXBasePath;
69  class CXXBasePaths;
70  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
71  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
72  class CXXConstructorDecl;
73  class CXXConversionDecl;
74  class CXXDestructorDecl;
75  class CXXFieldCollector;
76  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
77  class CXXMethodDecl;
78  class CXXScopeSpec;
79  class CXXTemporary;
80  class CXXTryStmt;
81  class CallExpr;
82  class ClassTemplateDecl;
83  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
84  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
85  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
86  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
87  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
88  class CodeCompletionResult;
89  class Decl;
90  class DeclAccessPair;
91  class DeclContext;
92  class DeclRefExpr;
93  class DeclaratorDecl;
94  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
95  class DependentDiagnostic;
96  class DesignatedInitExpr;
97  class Designation;
98  class EnumConstantDecl;
99  class Expr;
100  class ExtVectorType;
101  class ExternalSemaSource;
102  class FormatAttr;
103  class FriendDecl;
104  class FunctionDecl;
105  class FunctionProtoType;
106  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
107  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
108  class InitListExpr;
109  class InitializationKind;
110  class InitializationSequence;
111  class InitializedEntity;
112  class IntegerLiteral;
113  class LabelStmt;
114  class LambdaExpr;
115  class LangOptions;
116  class LocalInstantiationScope;
117  class LookupResult;
118  class MacroInfo;
119  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
120  class NamedDecl;
121  class NonNullAttr;
122  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
123  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
124  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
125  class ObjCContainerDecl;
126  class ObjCImplDecl;
127  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
128  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
129  class ObjCIvarDecl;
130  template <class T> class ObjCList;
131  class ObjCMessageExpr;
132  class ObjCMethodDecl;
133  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
134  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
135  class OverloadCandidateSet;
136  class OverloadExpr;
137  class ParenListExpr;
138  class ParmVarDecl;
139  class Preprocessor;
140  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
141  class PseudoObjectExpr;
142  class QualType;
143  class StandardConversionSequence;
144  class Stmt;
145  class StringLiteral;
146  class SwitchStmt;
147  class TargetAttributesSema;
148  class TemplateArgument;
149  class TemplateArgumentList;
150  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
151  class TemplateDecl;
152  class TemplateParameterList;
153  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
154  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
155  class Token;
156  class TypeAliasDecl;
157  class TypedefDecl;
158  class TypedefNameDecl;
159  class TypeLoc;
160  class UnqualifiedId;
161  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
162  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
163  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
164  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
165  class UsingDecl;
166  class UsingShadowDecl;
167  class ValueDecl;
168  class VarDecl;
169  class VisibilityAttr;
170  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
171  class IndirectFieldDecl;
172
173namespace sema {
174  class AccessedEntity;
175  class BlockScopeInfo;
176  class CapturingScopeInfo;
177  class CompoundScopeInfo;
178  class DelayedDiagnostic;
179  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
180  class FunctionScopeInfo;
181  class LambdaScopeInfo;
182  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
183  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
184}
185
186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
189                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
190
191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
192class Sema {
193  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
194  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
195  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
196
197  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
198  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
199
200  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
201  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
202
203public:
204  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
205  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
206  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
207
208  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
209  FPOptions FPFeatures;
210
211  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
212  Preprocessor &PP;
213  ASTContext &Context;
214  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
215  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
216  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
217
218  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
219  bool CollectStats;
220
221  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
222  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
223
224  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
225  DeclContext *CurContext;
226
227  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
228  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
229  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
230
231  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
232  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
233  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
234
235  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
236  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
237  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
238
239  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
240
241  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
242  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
243
244  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
245  ///
246  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
247  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
248  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
249
250  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
251  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
252  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
253
254  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
255  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
256  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
257  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
258
259  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs;
260
261  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
262  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
263  ///
264  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
265  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
266  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
267  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
268
269  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
270                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
271    ExtVectorDeclsType;
272
273  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
274  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
275  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
276  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
277
278  /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the
279  /// definitions being hidden.
280  ///
281  /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics.
282  llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions;
283
284  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
285  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
286
287  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
288
289  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
290  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
291
292  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
293
294  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
295  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
296  /// same list more than once.
297  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
298
299  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
300  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
301  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
302
303  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
304  /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name.
305  ///
306  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
307  /// scoped, e.g.,
308  ///
309  /// \code
310  /// void f() {
311  ///   void foo(int, int);
312  /// }
313  /// \endcode
314  ///
315  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on
316  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
317  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
318  ///
319  ///   - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we
320  ///     can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types
321  ///     of this external declaration can be checked for
322  ///     compatibility.
323  ///
324  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
325  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
326  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
327  ///     not visible.
328  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls;
329
330  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name.
331  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
332  findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name);
333
334  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
335                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
336    TentativeDefinitionsType;
337
338  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
339  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
340
341  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
342                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
343    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
344
345  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
346  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
347  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
348
349  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
350                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
351    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
352
353  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
354  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
355  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
356
357  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
358  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
359  /// exception spec.
360  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
361
362  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
363  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
364  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
365  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
366                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
367      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
368
369  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
370  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
371  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
372  void *OpaqueParser;
373
374  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
375    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
376    OpaqueParser = P;
377  }
378
379  class DelayedDiagnostics;
380
381  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
382    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
383    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
384  };
385  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
386  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
387
388  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
389  /// during parsing and other processing.
390  class DelayedDiagnostics {
391    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
392    /// diagnostics should go.
393    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
394
395  public:
396    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
397
398    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
399    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
400
401    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
402    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
403
404    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
405    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
406      return CurPool;
407    }
408
409    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
410    /// collected in this pool.
411    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
412      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
413      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
414      CurPool = &pool;
415      return state;
416    }
417
418    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
419    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
420    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
421    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
422      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
423    }
424
425    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
426    /// not delayed.
427    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
428      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
429      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
430      CurPool = 0;
431      return state;
432    }
433
434    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
435    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
436      assert(CurPool == NULL);
437      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
438    }
439  } DelayedDiagnostics;
440
441  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
442  class ContextRAII {
443  private:
444    Sema &S;
445    DeclContext *SavedContext;
446    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
447    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
448
449  public:
450    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
451      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
452        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
453        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
454    {
455      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
456      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
457    }
458
459    void pop() {
460      if (!SavedContext) return;
461      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
462      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
463      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
464      SavedContext = 0;
465    }
466
467    ~ContextRAII() {
468      pop();
469    }
470  };
471
472  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
473  /// a function body.
474  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
475    Sema &S;
476    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
477
478  public:
479    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
480      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
481    {
482      S.PushFunctionScope();
483      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
484    }
485
486    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
487      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
488      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
489    }
490  };
491
492  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
493  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
494  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
495  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
496
497  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
498  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
499  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
500  /// in the currently selected standard.
501  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
502
503
504  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
505  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
506
507  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
508  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
509  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
510  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
511  /// It would be best to refactor this.
512  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
513
514  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
515
516  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
517  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
518  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
519  Scope *TUScope;
520
521  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
522  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
523
524  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
525  /// standard library.
526  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
527
528  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
529  /// \<initializer_list>.
530  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
531
532  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
533  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
534
535  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
536  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
537
538  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
539  llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
540
541  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
542  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
543
544  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
545  QualType NSNumberPointer;
546
547  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
548  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
549
550  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
551  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
552
553  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
554  QualType NSStringPointer;
555
556  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
557  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
558
559  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
560  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
561
562  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
563  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
564
565  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
566  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
567
568  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
569  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
570
571  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
572  QualType QIDNSCopying;
573
574  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
575  /// have been declared.
576  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
577
578  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
579  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
580  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
581    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
582    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
583    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
584    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
585    /// run time.
586    Unevaluated,
587
588    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
589    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
590    /// cases in a switch statment).
591    ConstantEvaluated,
592
593    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
594    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
595    /// expression at run time.
596    PotentiallyEvaluated,
597
598    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
599    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
600    /// in fact the current expression is used.
601    ///
602    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
603    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
604    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
605    /// until the default argument is used.
606    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
607  };
608
609  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
610  /// expression evaluation contexts.
611  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
612    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
613    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
614
615    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
616    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
617
618    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
619    bool IsDecltype;
620
621    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
622    /// this expression evaluation context.
623    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
624
625    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
626
627    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
628    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
629    llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
630
631    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
632    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
633    /// default function argument.
634    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
635
636    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
637    /// within this context.
638    ///
639    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
640    /// do not have lambda expressions.
641    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle;
642
643    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
644    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
645    llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
646
647    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
648    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
649    llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
650
651    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
652                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
653                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
654                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
655                                      bool IsDecltype)
656      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
657        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
658        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
659
660    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
661    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
662      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
663      if (!LambdaMangle)
664        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
665      return *LambdaMangle;
666    }
667  };
668
669  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
670  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
671
672  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
673  /// function.
674  ///
675  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
676  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
677  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
678  public:
679    enum Kind {
680      NoMemberOrDeleted,
681      Ambiguous,
682      Success
683    };
684
685  private:
686    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
687
688  public:
689    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
690      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
691    {}
692
693    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
694    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
695
696    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
697    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
698  };
699
700  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
701  /// for C++ records.
702  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
703
704  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
705  ///
706  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
707  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
708  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
709  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
710  /// checks.
711  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
712
713  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
714
715  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
716  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
717
718  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
719    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
720
721  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
722  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
723  ///
724  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
725  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
726  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
727  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
728  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
729
730  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
731  // argument locations.
732  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
733
734  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with
735  /// internal linkage in this translation unit.
736  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals;
737
738  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
739  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
740
741  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
742  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
743  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
744  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
745  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
746
747  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
748  /// of -Wselector.
749  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
750
751  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
752  enum CXXSpecialMember {
753    CXXDefaultConstructor,
754    CXXCopyConstructor,
755    CXXMoveConstructor,
756    CXXCopyAssignment,
757    CXXMoveAssignment,
758    CXXDestructor,
759    CXXInvalid
760  };
761
762  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
763
764  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
765  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
766  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
767  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
768
769  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
770
771  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
772  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
773
774  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
775  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
776  /// should not be used elsewhere.
777  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
778
779  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
780  /// statements.
781  class FPContractStateRAII {
782  public:
783    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
784      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
785    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
786      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
787    }
788  private:
789    Sema& S;
790    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
791  };
792
793public:
794  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
795       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
796       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
797  ~Sema();
798
799  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
800  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
801  void Initialize();
802
803  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
804  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
805  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
806
807  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
808  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
809  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
810  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
811  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
812  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
813  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
814  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
815
816  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
817  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
818  ///
819  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
820  ///
821  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
822
823  void PrintStats() const;
824
825  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
826  /// template instantiation stacks.
827  ///
828  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
829  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
830  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
831  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
832  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
833  /// well.
834  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
835    Sema &SemaRef;
836    unsigned DiagID;
837
838  public:
839    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
840      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
841
842    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
843      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
844      if (!isActive()) return;
845
846      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
847      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
848      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
849      //
850      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
851      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
852      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
853      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
854      // eliminate that code.
855      FlushCounts();
856      Clear();
857
858      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
859      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
860    }
861  };
862
863  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
864  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
865    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
866    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
867  }
868
869  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
870  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
871
872  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
873  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
874
875  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
876
877  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
878  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
879  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
880
881  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
882  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
883  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
884
885  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
886
887  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
888
889  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
890
891  void PushFunctionScope();
892  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
893  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
894  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
895                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
896
897  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
898    return FunctionScopes.back();
899  }
900
901  void PushCompoundScope();
902  void PopCompoundScope();
903
904  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
905
906  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
907
908  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
909  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
910
911  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
912  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
913
914  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
915  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
916
917  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
918
919  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
920  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
921  //
922
923  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs);
924  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) {
925    return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR));
926  }
927  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
928                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
929  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
930                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
931  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
932                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
933                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
934  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
935                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
936  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
937                             QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes,
938                             bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn,
939                             unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier,
940                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
941                             FunctionType::ExtInfo Info);
942  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
943                                  SourceLocation Loc,
944                                  DeclarationName Entity);
945  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
946                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
947  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
948  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
949
950  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
951  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
952  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
953                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
954
955  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
956  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
957  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
958  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
959  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
960  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
961  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
962                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
963  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
964  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
965  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
966  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
967      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
968      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
969  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
970      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
971      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
972      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
973      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
974      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
975      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
976      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
977  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
978      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
979      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
980      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
981  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
982      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
983      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
984
985  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
986
987  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
988  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
989  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
990
991  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
992  struct TypeDiagnoser {
993    bool Suppressed;
994
995    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
996
997    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
998    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
999  };
1000
1001  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1002  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1003  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1004  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1005  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1006  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1007  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1008    return II;
1009  }
1010  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1011  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1012  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1013  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1014  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1015  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1016
1017  template<typename T1>
1018  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1019    unsigned DiagID;
1020    const T1 &Arg1;
1021
1022  public:
1023    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1024      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1025    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1026      if (Suppressed) return;
1027      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1028    }
1029
1030    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1031  };
1032
1033  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1034  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1035    unsigned DiagID;
1036    const T1 &Arg1;
1037    const T2 &Arg2;
1038
1039  public:
1040    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1041                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1042      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1043        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1044
1045    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1046      if (Suppressed) return;
1047      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1048    }
1049
1050    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1051  };
1052
1053  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1054  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1055    unsigned DiagID;
1056    const T1 &Arg1;
1057    const T2 &Arg2;
1058    const T3 &Arg3;
1059
1060  public:
1061    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1062                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1063    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1064      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1065
1066    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1067      if (Suppressed) return;
1068      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1069        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1070    }
1071
1072    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1073  };
1074
1075  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1076                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1077  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1078                           unsigned DiagID);
1079
1080  template<typename T1>
1081  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1082                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1083    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1084    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1085  }
1086
1087  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1088  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1089                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1090    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1091    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1092  }
1093
1094  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1095  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1096                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1097                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1098    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1099                                                        Arg3);
1100    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1101  }
1102
1103  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1104  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1105
1106  template<typename T1>
1107  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1108    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1109    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1110  }
1111
1112  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1113  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1114                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1115    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1116    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1117  }
1118
1119  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1120  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1121                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1122    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1123                                                        Arg3);
1124    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1125  }
1126
1127  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1128                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1129  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1130
1131  template<typename T1>
1132  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1133                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1134    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1135    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1136  }
1137
1138  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1139  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1140                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1141    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1142    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1143  }
1144
1145  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1146  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1147                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1148                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1149    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1150                                                        Arg3);
1151    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1152  }
1153
1154  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1155                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1156
1157  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1158  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1159  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1160                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1161                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1162
1163  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1164  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1165  //
1166
1167  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1168  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1169  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1170  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1171  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1172  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1173  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1174  /// such as:
1175  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1176  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1177
1178  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1179
1180  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1181
1182  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1183
1184  ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1185                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1186                         bool isClassName = false,
1187                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1188                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1189                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1190                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1191                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1192  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1193  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1194  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1195                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1196                               Scope *S,
1197                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1198                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1199
1200  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1201  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1202  enum NameClassificationKind {
1203    NC_Unknown,
1204    NC_Error,
1205    NC_Keyword,
1206    NC_Type,
1207    NC_Expression,
1208    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1209    NC_TypeTemplate,
1210    NC_FunctionTemplate
1211  };
1212
1213  class NameClassification {
1214    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1215    ExprResult Expr;
1216    TemplateName Template;
1217    ParsedType Type;
1218    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1219
1220    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1221
1222  public:
1223    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1224
1225    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1226
1227    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1228      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1229
1230    static NameClassification Error() {
1231      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1232    }
1233
1234    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1235      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1236    }
1237
1238    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1239      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1240    }
1241
1242    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1243      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1244      Result.Template = Name;
1245      return Result;
1246    }
1247
1248    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1249      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1250      Result.Template = Name;
1251      return Result;
1252    }
1253
1254    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1255
1256    ParsedType getType() const {
1257      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1258      return Type;
1259    }
1260
1261    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1262      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1263      return Expr;
1264    }
1265
1266    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1267      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1268      return Template;
1269    }
1270
1271    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1272      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1273      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1274    }
1275  };
1276
1277  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1278  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1279  ///
1280  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1281  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1282  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1283  ///
1284  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1285  ///
1286  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1287  ///
1288  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1289  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1290  ///
1291  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1292  ///
1293  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1294  /// disambiguate the name.
1295  ///
1296  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1297  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1298  ///        expression.
1299  ///
1300  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1301  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1302                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1303                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1304                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1305                                  const Token &NextToken,
1306                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1307                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1308
1309  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1310
1311  Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1312                         MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1313  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1314                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1315                                        Scope *S);
1316  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1317  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1318                                    DeclarationName Name,
1319                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1320  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D);
1321  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1322  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1323  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1324  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1325  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1326                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1327                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1328  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1329                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1330  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1331                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1332                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1333                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1334  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1335  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1336  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1337  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1338  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1339  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1340                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1341                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1342                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1343                                     bool &AddToScope);
1344  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1345  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1346
1347  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1348  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1349
1350  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1351  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1352  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1353                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1354                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1355  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1356  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1357  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1358                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1359                                          QualType T);
1360  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1361                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1362                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1363                              StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten);
1364  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1365                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1366                                 Expr *defarg);
1367  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1368                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1369                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1370  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1371  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1372                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1373
1374  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1375                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1376  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1377  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1378  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1379  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1380  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1381  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1382  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1383                                         Decl **Group,
1384                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1385  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1386                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1387
1388  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1389  /// documentation comments.
1390  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1391  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
1392
1393  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1394                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1395  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1396  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1397  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1398  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1399  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1400    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1401  }
1402
1403  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1404  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1405  /// code for that function.
1406  ///
1407  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1408  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1409  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1410  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1411
1412  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1413  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1414  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1415  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1416
1417  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1418  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1419  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1420
1421  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1422  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1423  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1424                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1425
1426  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1427  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1428  /// specified threshold.
1429  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1430                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1431                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1432                                              NamedDecl *D);
1433
1434  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1435  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1436                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1437                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1438
1439  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1440  ///
1441  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1442  ///
1443  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1444  ///
1445  /// \param Path The module access path.
1446  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1447                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1448
1449  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1450  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1451    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1452  }
1453
1454  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1455  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1456                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1457
1458  /// Scope actions.
1459  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1460  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1461
1462  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1463                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1464  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1465                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1466                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
1467
1468  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1469                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1470                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1471
1472  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1473                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1474
1475  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1476                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1477                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1478                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1479
1480  enum TagUseKind {
1481    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1482    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1483    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1484    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1485  };
1486
1487  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1488                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1489                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1490                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1491                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1492                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1493                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1494                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1495                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1496
1497  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1498                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1499                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1500                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1501                                AttributeList *Attr,
1502                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1503
1504  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1505                               unsigned TagSpec,
1506                               TagUseKind TUK,
1507                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1508                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1509                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1510                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1511
1512  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1513                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1514                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1515  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1516                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1517
1518  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1519                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1520                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1521                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1522
1523  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1524                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1525                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1526                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1527                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1528                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1529                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1530                            Declarator *D = 0);
1531
1532  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1533  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem);
1534  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1535  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1536                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1537  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1538                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1539                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1540
1541  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1542  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1543                   llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1544                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1545                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1546
1547  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1548  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1549  /// struct, or union).
1550  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1551
1552  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1553
1554  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1555  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1556  /// member declarations.
1557  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1558                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1559                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1560
1561  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1562  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1563  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1564                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1565
1566  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1567
1568  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1569  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1570  ///
1571  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1572  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1573  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1574
1575  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1576  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1577  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1578
1579  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1580                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1581                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1582                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1583                                      Expr *val);
1584  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1585  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1586                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1587
1588  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1589                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1590                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1591                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1592  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1593                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1594                     Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
1595                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1596
1597  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1598
1599  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1600  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1601  void PopDeclContext();
1602
1603  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1604  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1605  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1606  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1607
1608  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1609  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1610  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1611
1612  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1613
1614  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1615  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1616  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1617  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1618
1619  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1620  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1621  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1622  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1623
1624  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1625  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1626  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1627  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1628
1629  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1630  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1631
1632  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1633  /// top level scope.
1634  ///
1635  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1636  ///
1637  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1638  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1639
1640  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1641  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1642  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1643  ///
1644  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1645  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1646  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1647  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1648                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1649
1650  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1651  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1652  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1653
1654  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1655  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1656                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1657  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1658
1659  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1660  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1661                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1662                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1663                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1664                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1665                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1666                                          StringRef Message);
1667  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1668                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
1669  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
1670  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
1671  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1672                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg);
1673  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name);
1674  bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr);
1675
1676  void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true);
1677  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1678  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1679  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1680                                    Scope *S);
1681  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1682  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1683  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1684  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1685  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1686
1687  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1688  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1689  enum AssignmentAction {
1690    AA_Assigning,
1691    AA_Passing,
1692    AA_Returning,
1693    AA_Converting,
1694    AA_Initializing,
1695    AA_Sending,
1696    AA_Casting
1697  };
1698
1699  /// C++ Overloading.
1700  enum OverloadKind {
1701    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1702    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1703    Ovl_Overload,
1704
1705    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1706    /// an existing declaration.
1707    Ovl_Match,
1708
1709    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1710    /// non-function.
1711    Ovl_NonFunction
1712  };
1713  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1714                             FunctionDecl *New,
1715                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1716                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1717                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1718  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1719
1720  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1721  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1722  ///
1723  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1724  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1725  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1726
1727  ImplicitConversionSequence
1728  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1729                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1730                        bool AllowExplicit,
1731                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1732                        bool CStyle,
1733                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1734
1735  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1736  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1737  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1738  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1739                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1740                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1741  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1742                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1743  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1744                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1745  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1746                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1747  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1748                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1749                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1750  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1751                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1752
1753  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1754  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1755                              CastKind &Kind,
1756                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1757                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1758  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1759                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1760                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1761  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1762                                    CastKind &Kind,
1763                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1764                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1765  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1766                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1767  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1768                            QualType &ResultTy);
1769  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1770
1771
1772  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1773                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1774                                             QualType ResultType,
1775                                             Expr *Value,
1776                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1777
1778  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1779                                    ExprResult Init);
1780  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1781                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1782                                       ExprResult Init,
1783                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1784                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1785  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1786                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1787                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1788                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1789
1790  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1791  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1792
1793  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1794  enum CCEKind {
1795    CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
1796    CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1797    CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1798  };
1799  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1800                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1801
1802  /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while
1803  /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type.
1804  class ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1805  public:
1806    bool Suppress;
1807    bool SuppressConversion;
1808
1809    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false,
1810                        bool SuppressConversion = false)
1811      : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { }
1812
1813    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1814    /// integral or enumeration type.
1815    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1816                                             QualType T) = 0;
1817
1818    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1819    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1820                                                 QualType T) = 0;
1821
1822    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1823    /// is explicit.
1824    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1825                                                   QualType T,
1826                                                   QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1827
1828    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1829    virtual DiagnosticBuilder
1830    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1831
1832    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1833    /// functions.
1834    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1835                                                QualType T) = 0;
1836
1837    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1838    virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
1839                                            QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1840
1841    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
1842    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
1843    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1844                                                 QualType T,
1845                                                 QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1846
1847    virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {}
1848  };
1849
1850  ExprResult
1851  ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
1852                                     ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
1853                                     bool AllowScopedEnumerations);
1854
1855  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
1856    OS_Array,
1857    OS_Dictionary,
1858    OS_Error
1859  };
1860  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
1861
1862  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
1863                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1864                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1865                                           NamedDecl *Member);
1866
1867  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
1868  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
1869  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
1870  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
1871
1872  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
1873                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1874                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1875                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1876                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1877                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
1878                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
1879  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
1880                             llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1881                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1882                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1883                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
1884  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1885                          QualType ObjectType,
1886                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1887                          Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1888                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1889                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
1890  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1891                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1892                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
1893                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1894                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1895                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1896                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1897  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
1898                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1899                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1900                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1901                                  QualType ObjectType,
1902                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1903                                  llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1904                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1905                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1906  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1907                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1908                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1909                                    llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1910                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1911                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1912  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1913                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1914                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1915                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1916                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1917  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1918                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1919                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1920                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1921                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
1922  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1923                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1924                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1925                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
1926                             Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1927                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1928  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1929                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
1930                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1931                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1932                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
1933  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
1934                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1935                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1936                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
1937                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
1938  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1939                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
1940                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1941                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1942  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
1943                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
1944                                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1945                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1946                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1947                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
1948
1949  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
1950  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
1951
1952  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
1953  // identified by the expression Expr
1954  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
1955
1956  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
1957  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
1958  // R (A) --> R(A)
1959  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
1960  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
1961  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
1962  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
1963
1964  FunctionDecl *
1965  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
1966                                     QualType TargetType,
1967                                     bool Complain,
1968                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
1969                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
1970
1971  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
1972                                                   bool Complain = false,
1973                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
1974
1975  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
1976                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
1977                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
1978                      bool Complain = false,
1979                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
1980                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
1981                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
1982
1983
1984  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
1985                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1986                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
1987  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
1988                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1989                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
1990
1991  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
1992                                   llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1993                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
1994                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
1995
1996  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
1997  // range-based for loop.
1998  enum ForRangeStatus {
1999    FRS_Success,
2000    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2001    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2002  };
2003
2004  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2005  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2006  enum BeginEndFunction {
2007    BEF_begin,
2008    BEF_end
2009  };
2010
2011  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2012                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2013                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2014                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2015                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2016                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2017                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2018                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2019
2020  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2021                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2022                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2023                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2024                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2025                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2026                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2027
2028  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2029                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2030                              SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2031                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2032                              ExprResult *Result);
2033
2034  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2035                                     unsigned Opc,
2036                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2037                                     Expr *input);
2038
2039  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2040                                   unsigned Opc,
2041                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2042                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2043
2044  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2045                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2046                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2047
2048  ExprResult
2049  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2050                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
2051                            unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2052  ExprResult
2053  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2054                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2055                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2056
2057  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2058                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2059
2060  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2061  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2062  /// that best represents the call.
2063  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2064                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2065
2066  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2067  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
2068                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2069  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2070  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2071  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2072
2073  /// \name Name lookup
2074  ///
2075  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2076  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2077  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2078  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2079  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2080  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2081  ///
2082  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2083  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2084  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2085  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2086  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2087  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2088  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2089  ///
2090  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2091  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2092  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2093  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2094  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2095  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2096  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2097  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2098  //@{
2099
2100  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2101  enum LookupNameKind {
2102    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2103    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2104    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2105    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2106    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2107    /// structs, and unions.
2108    LookupTagName,
2109    /// Label name lookup.
2110    LookupLabel,
2111    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2112    /// class/struct/union members.
2113    LookupMemberName,
2114    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2115    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2116    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2117    LookupOperatorName,
2118    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2119    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2120    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2121    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2122    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2123    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2124    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2125    LookupNamespaceName,
2126    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2127    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2128    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2129    LookupUsingDeclName,
2130    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2131    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2132    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2133    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2134    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2135    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2136    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2137    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2138    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2139    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2140    LookupAnyName
2141  };
2142
2143  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2144  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2145  enum RedeclarationKind {
2146    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2147    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2148    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2149    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2150    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2151    ForRedeclaration
2152  };
2153
2154  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2155  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2156    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2157    LOLR_Error,
2158    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2159    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2160    LOLR_Cooked,
2161    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2162    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2163    LOLR_Raw,
2164    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2165    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2166    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2167    LOLR_Template
2168  };
2169
2170  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2171                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2172                                                   bool ConstArg,
2173                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2174                                                   bool RValueThis,
2175                                                   bool ConstThis,
2176                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2177
2178private:
2179  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2180
2181  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2182  //
2183  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2184  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2185  llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2186
2187  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2188  /// source.
2189  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2190
2191public:
2192  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2193  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2194  ///
2195  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2196  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2197  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2198                              SourceLocation Loc,
2199                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2200                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2201                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2202  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2203                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2204  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2205                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2206  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2207                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2208                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2209  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2210                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2211                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2212
2213  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2214                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2215                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2216
2217  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2218                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2219
2220  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2221  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2222  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2223                                               unsigned Quals);
2224  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2225                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2226  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2227                                              unsigned Quals);
2228  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2229                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2230  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2231
2232  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2233                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2234                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2235  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2236
2237  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2238                               SourceLocation Loc,
2239                               llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2240                               ADLResult &Functions);
2241
2242  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2243                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2244                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2245  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2246                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2247                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2248
2249  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2250                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2251                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2252                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2253                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2254                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2255                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2256
2257  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2258                                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2259                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2260                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2261
2262  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2263                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2264                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2265
2266  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2267  //@}
2268
2269  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2270                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2271                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2272  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2273                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2274                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2275  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2276                                      Scope *S);
2277  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2278
2279  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2280
2281  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2282  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2283                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
2284  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2285                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
2286  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2287                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2288
2289  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2290
2291  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2292  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC);
2293  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2294
2295  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2296  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2297                                   SourceRange Range);
2298
2299  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2300                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2301  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2302                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2303                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2304
2305  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2306                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2307                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2308
2309  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2310  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2311  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2312                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2313                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2314
2315  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2316                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2317
2318  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2319  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2320
2321  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2322  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2323  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2324                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2325                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2326                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2327                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2328                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2329
2330  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2331  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2332  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2333                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2334                                SourceLocation Loc);
2335
2336  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2337  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2338  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2339                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2340                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2341
2342  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2343  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2344  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2345                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2346                                       const SelectorSet &InsMap);
2347
2348  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2349  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2350  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2351                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2352  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2353
2354  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2355  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2356  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2357            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2358            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2359
2360  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2361  /// class extensions.
2362  Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2363                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2364                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2365                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2366                                       Selector GetterSel,
2367                                       Selector SetterSel,
2368                                       const bool isAssign,
2369                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2370                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2371                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2372                                       bool *isOverridingProperty,
2373                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2374                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2375
2376  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2377  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2378  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2379                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2380                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2381                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2382                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2383                                       Selector GetterSel,
2384                                       Selector SetterSel,
2385                                       const bool isAssign,
2386                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2387                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2388                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2389                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2390                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2391                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2392
2393  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2394  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2395  /// setter or getter.
2396  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2397                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2398
2399  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2400
2401  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2402
2403  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2404    MMS_loose,
2405    MMS_strict
2406  };
2407
2408  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2409  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2410  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2411                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2412                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2413
2414  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2415  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2416  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2417                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2418                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2419                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2420                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2421                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2422                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2423                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2424                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2425
2426  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2427  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2428  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2429  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2430
2431  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2432  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2433
2434private:
2435  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2436  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2437  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2438
2439  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2440  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2441  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2442                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2443                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2444
2445public:
2446  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2447  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2448  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2449  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2450  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2451    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2452  }
2453
2454  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2455  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2456    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2457  }
2458
2459  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2460  /// pool.
2461  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2462
2463  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2464  /// there are multiple signatures.
2465  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2466                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2467                                                   bool warn=true) {
2468    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2469                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2470  }
2471
2472  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2473  /// there are multiple signatures.
2474  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2475                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2476                                                  bool warn=true) {
2477    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2478                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2479  }
2480
2481  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2482  /// implementation.
2483  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2484
2485  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2486  /// initialization.
2487  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2488                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2489
2490  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2491  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2492public:
2493  class FullExprArg {
2494  public:
2495    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2496
2497    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2498    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2499    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2500    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2501
2502    ExprResult release() {
2503      return E;
2504    }
2505
2506    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2507
2508    Expr *operator->() {
2509      return E;
2510    }
2511
2512  private:
2513    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2514    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2515    friend class Sema;
2516
2517    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2518
2519    Expr *E;
2520  };
2521
2522  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2523    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2524  }
2525  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2526    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2527  }
2528
2529  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr);
2530
2531  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2532                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2533
2534  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2535  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2536  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2537                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2538                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2539
2540  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2541  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2542  public:
2543    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2544      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2545    }
2546
2547    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2548      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2549    }
2550
2551  private:
2552    Sema &S;
2553  };
2554
2555  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2556                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2557                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2558  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2559  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2560  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2561                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2562                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2563  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2564
2565  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2566                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2567                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2568  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2569                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2570
2571  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2572                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2573                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2574
2575  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2576                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2577                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2578                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2579  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2580                                            Expr *Cond,
2581                                            Decl *CondVar);
2582  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2583                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2584  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2585                            FullExprArg Cond,
2586                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2587  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2588                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2589                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2590                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2591
2592  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2593                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2594                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2595                          Decl *SecondVar,
2596                          FullExprArg Third,
2597                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2598                          Stmt *Body);
2599  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2600                                           Expr *collection);
2601  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2602                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2603                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2604  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2605
2606  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2607    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2608    BFRK_Build,
2609    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2610    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2611    BFRK_Rebuild,
2612    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2613    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2614    BFRK_Check
2615  };
2616
2617  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2618                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2619                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2620                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2621  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2622                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2623                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2624                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2625                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2626                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2627                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2628  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2629
2630  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2631                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2632                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2633  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2634                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2635                                   Expr *DestExp);
2636  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2637  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2638
2639  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2640                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2641
2642  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2643  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2644
2645  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2646                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2647                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2648                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2649                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2650                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2651
2652  NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2653                                       unsigned &Size);
2654  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2655                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2656  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2657                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc);
2658
2659  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2660                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2661                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2662                                  bool Invalid = false);
2663
2664  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2665
2666  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2667                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2668
2669  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2670
2671  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2672                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2673
2674  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2675  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2676                                  Scope *CurScope);
2677  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2678                                            Expr *operand);
2679  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2680                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2681                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2682
2683  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2684
2685  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2686                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2687                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2688                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2689
2690  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2691
2692  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2693                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2694  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2695                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2696
2697  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2698                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2699                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2700                              Stmt *Handler);
2701
2702  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2703                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2704                                 Stmt *Block);
2705
2706  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2707                                  Stmt *Block);
2708
2709  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2710
2711  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2712
2713  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2714  /// of it.
2715  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2716
2717  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2718  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2719  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2720  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2721
2722  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2723  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2724  ///
2725  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2726  ///     if (condition);
2727  ///       do_stuff();
2728  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2729                             const Stmt *Body,
2730                             unsigned DiagID);
2731
2732  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2733  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2734  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2735                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2736
2737  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2738    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2739  }
2740  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2741
2742  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2743  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2744    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2745  }
2746  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2747    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2748  }
2749
2750  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2751
2752  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2753                              SourceLocation Loc,
2754                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2755                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2756
2757  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2758
2759  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2760                                     StringRef message);
2761
2762  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2763  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2764
2765  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2766  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2767                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2768  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2769  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2770  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2771                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2772                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2773  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2774                             Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
2775
2776  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2777                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
2778                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2779  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
2780  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2781                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
2782                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2783  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
2784
2785  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
2786
2787  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
2788  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
2789
2790  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
2791
2792  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
2793  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
2794  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
2795  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
2796  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
2797  // named expressions.
2798  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D);
2799  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
2800  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
2801  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
2802  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
2803
2804  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
2805  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
2806
2807  enum TryCaptureKind {
2808    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
2809  };
2810
2811  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2812  ///
2813  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
2814  ///
2815  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
2816  ///
2817  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
2818  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
2819  ///
2820  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
2821  /// an explicit lambda capture.
2822  ///
2823  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
2824  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
2825  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
2826  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
2827  ///
2828  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
2829  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
2830  /// variable can be captured.
2831  ///
2832  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
2833  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
2834  /// captured.
2835  ///
2836  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
2837  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
2838  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
2839                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
2840                          QualType &CaptureType,
2841                          QualType &DeclRefType);
2842
2843  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2844  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
2845                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
2846                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
2847
2848  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
2849  /// variable will have in the given scope.
2850  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
2851
2852  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
2853  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
2854                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
2855
2856  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
2857  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
2858  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
2859  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
2860                            bool ForceComplain = false,
2861                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
2862
2863  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
2864  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
2865                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
2866
2867  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
2868  /// evaluation context.
2869  ///
2870  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
2871  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
2872  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
2873  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
2874  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
2875                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
2876
2877  // Primary Expressions.
2878  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
2879
2880  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2881                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2882                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
2883                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2884                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
2885
2886  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
2887                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
2888                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2889                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
2890
2891  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
2892                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2893                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
2894                       llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>());
2895
2896  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
2897                                IdentifierInfo *II,
2898                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
2899
2900  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2901                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2902                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2903                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
2904                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2905
2906  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2907                              ExprValueKind VK,
2908                              SourceLocation Loc,
2909                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2910  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2911                              ExprValueKind VK,
2912                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2913                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2914  ExprResult
2915  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2916                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
2917                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
2918                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
2919                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
2920  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2921                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2922                                             LookupResult &R,
2923                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2924  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2925                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2926                                     LookupResult &R,
2927                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2928                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
2929  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2930                                  const LookupResult &R,
2931                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
2932
2933  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2934                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2935                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
2936  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2937                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2938                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2939                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2940
2941  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2942                                      LookupResult &R,
2943                                      bool NeedsADL);
2944  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2945                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2946                                      NamedDecl *D);
2947
2948  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
2949                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
2950                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
2951                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
2952                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2953
2954  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
2955  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
2956  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2957  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2958  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
2959  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
2960                                SourceLocation R,
2961                                MultiExprArg Val);
2962
2963  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
2964  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
2965  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
2966                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2967
2968  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
2969                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2970                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2971                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
2972                                       MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
2973                                       MultiExprArg ArgExprs);
2974  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
2975                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2976                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2977                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
2978                                        TypeSourceInfo **Types,
2979                                        Expr **Exprs,
2980                                        unsigned NumAssocs);
2981
2982  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
2983  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2984                                  Expr *InputExpr);
2985  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2986                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
2987  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2988                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
2989
2990  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2991                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
2992                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
2993                                            SourceRange R);
2994  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2995                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
2996  ExprResult
2997    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2998                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
2999                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3000                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3001
3002  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3003  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3004
3005  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3006  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3007                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3008                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3009  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3010                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3011                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3012                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3013                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3014  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3015                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3016
3017  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3018                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3019  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3020                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3021
3022  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3023                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3024                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3025                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3026                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3027                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3028                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3029
3030  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3031  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3032  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3033  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3034  // defines a custom operator->).
3035  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3036    Scope *S;
3037    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3038    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3039    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3040  };
3041
3042  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3043                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3044                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3045                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3046                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3047                                      LookupResult &R,
3048                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3049                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3050                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3051
3052  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3053  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3054                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3055                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3056                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3057                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3058
3059  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3060                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3061                                     const LookupResult &R);
3062
3063  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3064                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3065                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3066                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3067                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3068                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3069                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3070
3071  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3072                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3073                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3074                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3075                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3076                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3077                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3078                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3079
3080  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3081  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3082                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3083                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3084                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3085                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3086                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3087  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3088                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3089                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3090
3091  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3092  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3093  /// locations.
3094  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3095                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3096                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3097  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3098                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3099                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3100                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3101                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3102                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3103
3104  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3105                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3106                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3107
3108  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3109                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3110                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3111  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3112                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3113                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3114                                 Expr *Op);
3115  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3116
3117  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3118  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3119                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3120                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3121
3122  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3123
3124  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3125                                  ParsedType Ty,
3126                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3127                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3128
3129  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3130                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3131                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3132                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3133
3134  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3135                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3136                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3137
3138  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3139                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3140                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3141                                        ExprResult Init);
3142
3143  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3144                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3145  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3146                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3147  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3148                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3149
3150  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3151  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3152  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3153                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3154                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3155
3156  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3157  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3158                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3159
3160  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3161  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3162                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3163  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3164
3165  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3166  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3167    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3168    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3169    union {
3170      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3171      Expr *E;
3172    } U;
3173  };
3174
3175  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3176  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3177                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3178                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3179                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3180                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3181  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3182                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3183                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3184                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3185                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3186                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3187                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3188
3189  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3190  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3191                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3192                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3193
3194  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3195  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3196                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3197  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3198                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3199
3200  // __null
3201  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3202
3203  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3204
3205  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3206  enum IfExistsResult {
3207    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3208    IER_Exists,
3209
3210    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3211    IER_DoesNotExist,
3212
3213    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3214    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3215    IER_Dependent,
3216
3217    /// \brief An error occurred.
3218    IER_Error
3219  };
3220
3221  IfExistsResult
3222  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3223                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3224
3225  IfExistsResult
3226  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3227                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3228                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3229
3230  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3231                                        bool IsIfExists,
3232                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3233                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3234                                        Stmt *Nested);
3235  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3236                                        bool IsIfExists,
3237                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3238                                        Stmt *Nested);
3239
3240  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3241
3242  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3243  /// started.
3244  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3245
3246  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3247  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3248  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3249                           Scope *CurScope);
3250
3251  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3252  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3253  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3254
3255  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3256  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3257  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3258                                Scope *CurScope);
3259
3260  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3261
3262  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3263  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3264                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3265                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3266
3267  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3268
3269  // Act on C++ namespaces
3270  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3271                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3272                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3273                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3274                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3275                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3276  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3277
3278  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3279  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3280
3281  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3282
3283  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3284  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3285  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3286
3287  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3288  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3289  ///
3290  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3291  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3292
3293  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3294  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3295  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3296
3297  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3298                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3299                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3300                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3301                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3302                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3303                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3304
3305  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3306
3307  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3308                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3309                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3310                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3311                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3312                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3313                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3314
3315  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3316  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3317                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3318  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3319                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3320
3321  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3322                                   bool isTypeName,
3323                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3324                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3325                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3326  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3327                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3328                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3329
3330  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3331                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3332                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3333                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3334                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3335                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3336                                   bool IsTypeName,
3337                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3338
3339  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3340
3341  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3342                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3343                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3344                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3345                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3346                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3347                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3348                              bool IsTypeName,
3349                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3350  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3351                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3352                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3353                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3354                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3355                              TypeResult Type);
3356
3357  /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr
3358  /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl.
3359  bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD,
3360                                    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3361                                    MultiExprArg Exprs,
3362                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
3363
3364  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3365  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3366  ///
3367  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3368  ExprResult
3369  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3370                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3371                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3372                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3373
3374  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3375  // the constructor can be elidable?
3376  ExprResult
3377  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3378                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3379                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3380                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3381                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3382
3383  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3384  /// the default expr if needed.
3385  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3386                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3387                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3388
3389  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3390  /// constructed variable.
3391  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3392
3393  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3394  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3395  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3396    // Pointer to allow copying
3397    Sema *Self;
3398    // We order exception specifications thus:
3399    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3400    // throw() comes next.
3401    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3402    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3403    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3404    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3405    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3406    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3407
3408    void ClearExceptions() {
3409      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3410      Exceptions.clear();
3411    }
3412
3413  public:
3414    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3415      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3416      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
3417        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3418    }
3419
3420    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3421    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3422      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3423             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3424      return ComputedEST;
3425    }
3426
3427    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3428    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3429
3430    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3431    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3432
3433    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3434    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3435
3436    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3437    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3438
3439    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3440    /// computed exception specification.
3441    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3442      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3443      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3444        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3445        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3446      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3447        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3448        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3449        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3450        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3451        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3452                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3453      }
3454    }
3455    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3456      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3457      getEPI(EPI);
3458      return EPI;
3459    }
3460  };
3461
3462  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3463  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3464  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3465  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3466                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3467
3468  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3469  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3470  /// will be const.
3471  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3472  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3473
3474  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3475  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3476  /// parameter will be const.
3477  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3478  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3479
3480  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3481  /// constructor of a class will have.
3482  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3483  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3484
3485  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3486  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3487  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3488  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3489
3490  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3491  /// destructor of a class will have.
3492  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3493  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3494
3495  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3496  /// special member function.
3497  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3498
3499  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3500  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3501  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3502                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3503                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3504                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3505                                   llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3506                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3507
3508  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3509  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3510  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3511                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3512
3513  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3514  ///
3515  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3516  /// default constructor will be added.
3517  ///
3518  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3519  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3520                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3521
3522  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3523  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3524  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3525                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3526
3527  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3528  ///
3529  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3530  /// destructor will be added.
3531  ///
3532  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3533  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3534
3535  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3536  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3537  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3538                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3539
3540  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3541  ///
3542  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3543  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3544  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3545                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3546
3547  /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class.
3548  ///
3549  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited
3550  /// constructors will be added.
3551  void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3552
3553  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3554  ///
3555  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3556  /// copy constructor will be added.
3557  ///
3558  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3559  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3560
3561  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3562  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3563  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3564                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3565
3566  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3567  ///
3568  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3569  /// move constructor will be added.
3570  ///
3571  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3572  /// declared.
3573  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3574
3575  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3576  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3577  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3578                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3579
3580  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3581  ///
3582  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3583  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3584  ///
3585  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3586  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3587
3588  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3589  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3590                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3591
3592  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3593  ///
3594  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3595  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3596  ///
3597  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3598  /// wasn't declared.
3599  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3600
3601  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3602  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3603                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3604
3605  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3606  /// class.
3607  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3608
3609  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3610  /// special member function.
3611  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3612
3613  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3614  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3615  ///
3616  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3617  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3618
3619  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3620  /// member function.
3621  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3622
3623  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3624  /// static member function.
3625  ///
3626  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3627  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3628
3629  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3630  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3631  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3632  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3633
3634  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3635                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3636                               SourceLocation Loc,
3637                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3638                               bool AllowExplicit = false);
3639
3640  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3641                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3642                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3643                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3644                               bool EnteringContext);
3645
3646  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3647
3648  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3649  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3650                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3651
3652  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3653  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3654                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3655                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3656                               Declarator &D,
3657                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3658                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3659                               Expr *E,
3660                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3661
3662  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3663                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3664                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3665                               Expr *E,
3666                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3667                               SourceRange Parens);
3668
3669  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3670                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3671                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3672                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3673  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3674                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3675                            Expr *Operand,
3676                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3677
3678  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3679  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3680                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3681                            void *TyOrExpr,
3682                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3683
3684  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3685                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3686                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3687                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3688  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3689                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3690                            Expr *Operand,
3691                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3692
3693  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3694  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3695                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3696                            void *TyOrExpr,
3697                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3698
3699
3700  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3701  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3702
3703  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3704  ///
3705  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3706  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3707
3708  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3709  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3710  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3711  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3712
3713  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3714  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3715  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3716    Sema &S;
3717    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3718    bool Enabled;
3719
3720  public:
3721    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3722    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3723    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3724    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3725    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3726                     bool Enabled = true);
3727
3728    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3729  };
3730
3731  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3732  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3733  ///
3734  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3735  ///
3736  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3737  /// capture list.
3738  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3739
3740  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3741  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3742  /// being defined.
3743  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3744
3745  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3746  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3747
3748
3749  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3750  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3751
3752  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3753  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3754
3755  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3756  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3757  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3758                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3759  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3760                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3761
3762  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3763  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3764  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
3765  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
3766  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
3767                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3768                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3769                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3770
3771  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
3772                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3773                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3774                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3775
3776  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
3777  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3778                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3779                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3780                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3781                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
3782                         Expr *Initializer);
3783  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
3784                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3785                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3786                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3787                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
3788                         QualType AllocType,
3789                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
3790                         Expr *ArraySize,
3791                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
3792                         Expr *Initializer,
3793                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
3794
3795  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
3796                          SourceRange R);
3797  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3798                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
3799                               Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
3800                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
3801                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
3802  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3803                              DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
3804                              unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
3805                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
3806                              bool Diagnose = true);
3807  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
3808  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
3809                                       QualType Argument,
3810                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
3811
3812  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
3813                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
3814                                bool Diagnose = true);
3815
3816  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
3817  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
3818                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
3819                            Expr *Operand);
3820
3821  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3822  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3823                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3824                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
3825
3826  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
3827                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
3828  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
3829                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3830
3831  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3832  /// pseudo-functions.
3833  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3834                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3835                                 ParsedType Ty,
3836                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3837
3838  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3839                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3840                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
3841                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3842
3843  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3844  /// pseudo-functions.
3845  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
3846                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3847                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
3848                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
3849                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3850
3851  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
3852                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3853                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
3854                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
3855                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3856
3857  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
3858  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3859                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
3860                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3861  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3862                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
3863                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3864
3865  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3866  /// pseudo-functions.
3867  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3868                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3869                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
3870                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3871                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3872
3873  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3874                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3875                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
3876                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3877                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3878
3879  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3880  /// pseudo-functions.
3881  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3882                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3883                                  Expr *Queried,
3884                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3885
3886  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3887                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3888                                  Expr *Queried,
3889                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3890
3891  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
3892                                          Expr *Base,
3893                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3894                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3895                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
3896                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
3897
3898  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
3899
3900  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
3901                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3902                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3903                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3904                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
3905                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3906                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3907                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
3908                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3909
3910  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3911                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3912                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3913                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3914                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
3915                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3916                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3917                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
3918                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3919
3920  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3921                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3922                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3923                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3924                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
3925                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3926
3927  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
3928  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
3929  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
3930  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
3931  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
3932  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
3933
3934  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
3935    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
3936                                          : SourceLocation());
3937  }
3938  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC);
3939  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
3940
3941  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
3942  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
3943
3944  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
3945  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3946                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
3947  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3948  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3949  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3950
3951  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
3952  ///
3953  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3954  ///
3955  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3956  ///
3957  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
3958  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
3959  ///
3960  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
3961  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
3962                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3963
3964  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD);
3965  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3966
3967  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3968                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
3969                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
3970                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
3971
3972  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
3973                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3974                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3975                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
3976                                   QualType ObjectType,
3977                                   bool EnteringContext,
3978                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3979                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
3980                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
3981
3982  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
3983  ///
3984  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3985  ///
3986  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
3987  ///
3988  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
3989  ///
3990  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3991  ///
3992  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
3993  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
3994  ///
3995  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
3996  /// this nested-name-specifier.
3997  ///
3998  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
3999  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4000  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4001  /// including this new type).
4002  ///
4003  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4004  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4005                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4006                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4007                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4008                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4009                                   bool EnteringContext,
4010                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4011
4012  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4013
4014  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4015                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4016                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4017
4018  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4019                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4020                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4021                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4022                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4023                                 bool EnteringContext);
4024
4025  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4026  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4027  ///
4028  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4029  ///
4030  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4031  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4032  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4033  /// including this new type).
4034  ///
4035  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4036  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4037  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4038  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4039  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4040  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4041  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4042  ///
4043  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4044  /// nested-name-specifier.
4045  ///
4046  ///
4047  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4048  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4049                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4050                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4051                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4052                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4053                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4054                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4055                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4056                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4057                                   bool EnteringContext);
4058
4059  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4060  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4061  /// nested-name-specifier.
4062  ///
4063  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4064  ///
4065  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4066  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4067  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4068
4069  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4070  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4071  ///
4072  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4073  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4074  ///
4075  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4076  ///
4077  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4078  /// of the annotation pointer.
4079  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4080                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4081                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4082
4083  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4084
4085  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4086  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4087  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4088  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4089  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4090  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4091  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4092
4093  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4094  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4095  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4096  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4097  /// defining scope.
4098  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4099
4100  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4101  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4102  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4103  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4104  /// class X.
4105  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4106
4107  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4108  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4109  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4110
4111  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4112  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4113                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4114                                         bool KnownDependent);
4115
4116  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4117  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4118                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4119                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4120                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4121                                       llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4122
4123  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4124  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4125                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4126                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4127                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4128                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4129                                          bool Mutable);
4130
4131  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4132  /// given lambda.
4133  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4134
4135  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4136  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4137
4138  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4139  /// statements present in the body.
4140  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4141
4142  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4143  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4144  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4145  /// lambda.
4146  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4147                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4148
4149  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4150  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4151  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4152                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4153
4154  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4155  /// was successfully completed.
4156  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4157                             Scope *CurScope,
4158                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4159
4160  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4161  /// function pointer.
4162  ///
4163  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4164  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4165  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4166  /// block pointer conversion.
4167  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4168         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4169
4170  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4171  /// block pointer.
4172  ///
4173  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4174  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4175  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4176  /// block pointer conversion.
4177  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4178                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4179
4180  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4181                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4182                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4183                                           Expr *Src);
4184
4185  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4186  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4187                                    Expr **Strings,
4188                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4189
4190  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4191
4192  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4193  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4194  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4195  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4196  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4197                                  bool Value);
4198  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4199
4200  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4201  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4202  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4203  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4204  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4205  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4206
4207  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4208                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4209                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4210                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4211
4212  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4213                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4214                                        unsigned NumElements);
4215
4216  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4217                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4218                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4219  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4220                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4221                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4222
4223  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4224                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4225                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4226                                       ParsedType Ty,
4227                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4228
4229  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4230  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4231                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4232                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4233                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4234                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4235
4236  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4237  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4238                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4239                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4240                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4241                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4242                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4243
4244  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4245  // C++ Declarations
4246  //
4247  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4248                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4249                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4250                                       StringRef Lang,
4251                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4252  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4253                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4254                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4255
4256
4257  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4258  // C++ Classes
4259  //
4260  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4261                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4262
4263  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4264                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4265                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4266                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4267
4268  Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4269                                 Declarator &D,
4270                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4271                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4272                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4273  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4274                                        Expr *Init);
4275
4276  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4277                                    Scope *S,
4278                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4279                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4280                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4281                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4282                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4283                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4284                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4285                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4286                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4287
4288  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4289                                    Scope *S,
4290                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4291                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4292                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4293                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4294                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4295                                    Expr *InitList,
4296                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4297
4298  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4299                                    Scope *S,
4300                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4301                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4302                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4303                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4304                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4305                                    Expr *Init,
4306                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4307
4308  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4309                                       Expr *Init,
4310                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4311
4312  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4313                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4314                                     Expr *Init,
4315                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4316                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4317
4318  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4319                                           Expr *Init,
4320                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4321
4322  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4323                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4324
4325  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4326                           CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers,
4327                           unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors);
4328
4329  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4330
4331
4332  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4333  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4334  /// referenced.
4335  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4336                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4337
4338  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4339  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4340  /// first use occurred.
4341  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4342
4343  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4344  /// materialized.
4345  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4346
4347  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4348  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4349  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4350  /// by code generation).
4351  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4352
4353  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4354  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4355
4356  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4357                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4358    DynamicClassesType;
4359
4360  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4361  /// unit.
4362  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4363
4364  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4365  /// given location.
4366  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4367                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4368
4369  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4370  /// in the given class as needed.
4371  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4372                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4373
4374  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4375  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4376  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4377                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4378
4379  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4380  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4381  /// vtables.
4382  ///
4383  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4384  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4385
4386  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4387
4388  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4389                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4390                            CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits,
4391                            unsigned NumMemInits,
4392                            bool AnyErrors);
4393
4394  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4395  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4396                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4397                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4398                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4399                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4400  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4401
4402  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4403  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4404  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4405  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4406  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4407  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4408  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4409  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4410  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4411  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4412
4413  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4414                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4415                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4416                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4417  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4418                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4419                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4420                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4421                                     bool Failed);
4422
4423  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4424                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4425                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4426  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4427                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4428  Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4429                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4430
4431  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4432                                      StorageClass& SC);
4433  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4434  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4435                                     StorageClass& SC);
4436  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4437  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4438                                 StorageClass& SC);
4439  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4440
4441  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4442  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4443
4444  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4445  // C++ Derived Classes
4446  //
4447
4448  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4449  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4450                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4451                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4452                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4453                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4454
4455  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4456                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4457                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4458                                ParsedType basetype,
4459                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4460                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4461
4462  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4463                            unsigned NumBases);
4464  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4465                           unsigned NumBases);
4466
4467  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4468  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4469
4470  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4471  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4472
4473  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4474
4475  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4476                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4477                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4478                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4479  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4480                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4481                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4482                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4483                                    DeclarationName Name,
4484                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4485
4486  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4487
4488  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4489  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4490  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4491                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4492
4493  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4494  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4495  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4496                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4497
4498  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4499
4500  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4501  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4502
4503  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4504  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4505  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4506  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4507                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4508
4509
4510  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4511  // C++ Access Control
4512  //
4513
4514  enum AccessResult {
4515    AR_accessible,
4516    AR_inaccessible,
4517    AR_dependent,
4518    AR_delayed
4519  };
4520
4521  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4522                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4523                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4524
4525  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4526                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4527  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4528                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4529  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4530                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4531                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4532                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4533                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4534  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4535                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4536                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4537                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4538                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4539  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4540                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4541                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4542                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4543                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4544  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4545                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4546                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4547                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4548  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4549  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4550                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4551                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4552                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4553  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4554                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4555  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4556                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4557                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4558                                    unsigned DiagID,
4559                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4560                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4561  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4562  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4563  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4564                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4565                                            QualType objectType);
4566
4567  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4568                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4569  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4570                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4571
4572  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4573
4574  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4575  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4576  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4577
4578  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4579    AbstractNone = -1,
4580    AbstractReturnType,
4581    AbstractParamType,
4582    AbstractVariableType,
4583    AbstractFieldType,
4584    AbstractIvarType,
4585    AbstractArrayType
4586  };
4587
4588  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4589                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4590  template<typename T1>
4591  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4592                              unsigned DiagID,
4593                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4594    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4595    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4596  }
4597
4598  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4599  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4600                              unsigned DiagID,
4601                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4602    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4603    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4604  }
4605
4606  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4607  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4608                              unsigned DiagID,
4609                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4610    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4611    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4612  }
4613
4614  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4615
4616  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4617                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4618
4619  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4620  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4621  //
4622
4623  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4624
4625  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4626
4627  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4628  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4629  //
4630  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4631                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4632  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4633                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4634
4635  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4636                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4637                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4638
4639  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4640                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4641                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4642                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4643                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4644                                  bool EnteringContext,
4645                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4646                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4647
4648  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4649                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4650                                   Scope *S,
4651                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4652                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4653                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4654
4655  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4656  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4657
4658  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4659                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4660                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4661                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4662                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4663                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4664                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4665                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4666
4667  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4668  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4669                                      unsigned Depth,
4670                                      unsigned Position,
4671                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4672                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4673  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4674                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4675                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4676                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4677                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4678                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4679                                       unsigned Depth,
4680                                       unsigned Position,
4681                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4682                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4683
4684  TemplateParameterList *
4685  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4686                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4687                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4688                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4689                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4690                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4691
4692  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4693  /// list.
4694  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4695    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4696    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4697    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4698    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4699    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4700    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4701  };
4702
4703  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4704                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4705                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4706  TemplateParameterList *
4707  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4708                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4709                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4710                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4711                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4712                                          bool IsFriend,
4713                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4714                                          bool &Invalid);
4715
4716  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4717                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4718                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4719                                AttributeList *Attr,
4720                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4721                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4722                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4723                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4724                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4725
4726  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4727                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4728
4729  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4730
4731  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4732                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4733                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4734
4735  TypeResult
4736  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4737                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4738                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4739                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4740                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4741                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4742
4743  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4744  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4745  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4746                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4747                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4748                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4749                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4750                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4751                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4752                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4753                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
4754                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4755
4756
4757  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4758                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4759                                 LookupResult &R,
4760                                 bool RequiresADL,
4761                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4762
4763  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4764                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4765                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4766                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4767
4768  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
4769                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4770                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4771                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
4772                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
4773                                              bool EnteringContext,
4774                                              TemplateTy &Template);
4775
4776  DeclResult
4777  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4778                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4779                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4780                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4781                                   TemplateTy Template,
4782                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4783                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4784                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4785                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4786                                   AttributeList *Attr,
4787                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
4788
4789  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
4790                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4791                                Declarator &D);
4792
4793  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
4794                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4795                                        Declarator &D);
4796
4797  bool
4798  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
4799                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
4800                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
4801                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
4802                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
4803                                         bool &SuppressNew);
4804
4805  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4806                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4807                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
4808
4809  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4810                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4811                                           LookupResult &Previous);
4812  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
4813
4814  DeclResult
4815  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4816                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4817                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4818                             unsigned TagSpec,
4819                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4820                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4821                             TemplateTy Template,
4822                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4823                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4824                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4825                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4826                             AttributeList *Attr);
4827
4828  DeclResult
4829  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4830                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4831                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4832                             unsigned TagSpec,
4833                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4834                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4835                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
4836                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
4837                             AttributeList *Attr);
4838
4839  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4840                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4841                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4842                                        Declarator &D);
4843
4844  TemplateArgumentLoc
4845  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
4846                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4847                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4848                                          Decl *Param,
4849                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4850
4851  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
4852  /// argument is being checked.
4853  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
4854    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
4855    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
4856    CTAK_Specified,
4857
4858    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
4859    /// deduction.
4860    CTAK_Deduced,
4861
4862    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
4863    /// via template argument deduction.
4864    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
4865  };
4866
4867  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
4868                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4869                             NamedDecl *Template,
4870                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4871                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4872                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
4873                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4874                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4875
4876  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
4877  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
4878  ///
4879  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
4880  /// provided.
4881  ///
4882  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
4883  ///
4884  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
4885  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
4886  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
4887  /// arguments.
4888  ///
4889  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
4890  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
4891  /// set of template arguments.
4892  ///
4893  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
4894  /// arguments.
4895  ///
4896  ///
4897  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
4898  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
4899  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
4900  ///
4901  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4902  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
4903                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4904                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
4905                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
4906                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4907                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
4908
4909  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4910                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4911                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4912
4913  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4914                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
4915  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4916                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
4917                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
4918                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4919  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4920                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4921                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
4922
4923  ExprResult
4924  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4925                                          QualType ParamType,
4926                                          SourceLocation Loc);
4927  ExprResult
4928  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4929                                              SourceLocation Loc);
4930
4931  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
4932  /// for equality.
4933  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
4934    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
4935    /// that might be redeclarations.
4936    ///
4937    /// \code
4938    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4939    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4940    /// \endcode
4941    TPL_TemplateMatch,
4942
4943    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
4944    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
4945    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
4946    ///
4947    /// \code
4948    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
4949    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
4950    /// \endcode
4951    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
4952
4953    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
4954    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
4955    /// template parameter.
4956    ///
4957    /// \code
4958    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
4959    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
4960    /// X<integer_c> xic;
4961    /// \endcode
4962    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
4963  };
4964
4965  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
4966                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
4967                                      bool Complain,
4968                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
4969                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
4970                                        = SourceLocation());
4971
4972  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
4973
4974  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
4975  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
4976  ///
4977  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
4978  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
4979  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
4980  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
4981  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
4982  TypeResult
4983  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4984                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
4985                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
4986
4987  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
4988  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
4989  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
4990  ///
4991  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
4992  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
4993  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
4994  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4995  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
4996  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4997  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4998  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4999  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5000  TypeResult
5001  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5002                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5003                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5004                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5005                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5006                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5007                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5008                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5009
5010  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5011                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5012                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5013                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5014                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5015
5016  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5017                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5018                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5019  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5020
5021  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5022  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5023                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5024
5025  std::string
5026  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5027                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5028
5029  std::string
5030  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5031                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5032                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5033
5034  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5035  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5036  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5037
5038  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5039  /// being diagnosed.
5040  ///
5041  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5042  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5043  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5044    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5045    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5046
5047    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5048    UPPC_BaseType,
5049
5050    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5051    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5052
5053    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5054    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5055
5056    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5057    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5058
5059    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5060    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5061
5062    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5063    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5064
5065    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5066    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5067
5068    /// \brief A using declaration.
5069    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5070
5071    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5072    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5073
5074    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5075    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5076
5077    /// \brief An initializer.
5078    UPPC_Initializer,
5079
5080    /// \brief A default argument.
5081    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5082
5083    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5084    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5085
5086    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5087    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5088
5089    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5090    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5091
5092    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5093    UPPC_IfExists,
5094
5095    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5096    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5097
5098    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5099    UPPC_Lambda,
5100
5101    /// \brief Block expression,
5102    UPPC_Block
5103};
5104
5105  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5106  ///
5107  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5108  ///
5109  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5110  /// parameter packs.
5111  ///
5112  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5113  ///
5114  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5115  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5116                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5117                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5118
5119  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5120  /// diagnose the error.
5121  ///
5122  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5123  ///
5124  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5125  /// packs.
5126  ///
5127  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5128  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5129                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5130
5131  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5132  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5133  ///
5134  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5135  /// parameter packs.
5136  ///
5137  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5138  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5139                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5140
5141  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5142  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5143  ///
5144  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5145  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5146  ///
5147  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5148  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5149                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5150
5151  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5152  /// diagnose the error.
5153  ///
5154  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5155  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5156  ///
5157  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5158  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5159                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5160
5161  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5162  /// diagnose the error.
5163  ///
5164  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5165  ///
5166  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5167  /// parameter packs.
5168  ///
5169  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5170  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5171                                       TemplateName Template,
5172                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5173
5174  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5175  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5176  ///
5177  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5178  /// parameter packs.
5179  ///
5180  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5181  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5182                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5183
5184  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5185  /// template argument.
5186  ///
5187  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5188  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5189  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5190                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5191
5192  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5193  /// template argument.
5194  ///
5195  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5196  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5197  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5198                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5199
5200  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5201  /// type.
5202  ///
5203  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5204  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5205  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5206                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5207
5208  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5209  /// type.
5210  ///
5211  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5212  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5213  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5214                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5215
5216  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5217  /// nested-name-specifier.
5218  ///
5219  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5220  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5221  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5222                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5223
5224  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5225  /// name.
5226  ///
5227  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5228  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5229  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5230                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5231
5232  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5233  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5234  ///
5235  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5236  /// may already be invalid.
5237  ///
5238  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5239  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5240                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5241
5242  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5243  /// creates a pack expansion.
5244  ///
5245  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5246  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5247  ///
5248  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5249  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5250
5251  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5252  /// expansion.
5253  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5254                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5255                                     llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5256
5257  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5258  /// expansion.
5259  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5260                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5261                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5262                              llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5263
5264  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5265  /// creates a pack expansion.
5266  ///
5267  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5268  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5269  ///
5270  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5271  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5272
5273  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5274  /// creates a pack expansion.
5275  ///
5276  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5277  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5278  ///
5279  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5280  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5281                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5282
5283  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5284  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5285  /// transforming the pattern.
5286  ///
5287  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5288  /// pack expansion.
5289  ///
5290  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5291  /// the pack expansion.
5292  ///
5293  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5294  /// pattern.
5295  ///
5296  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5297  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5298  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5299  ///
5300  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5301  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5302  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5303  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5304  ///
5305  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5306  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5307  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5308  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5309  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5310  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5311  /// set this value in other cases.
5312  ///
5313  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5314  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5315  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5316  /// must be set.
5317  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5318                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5319                             llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5320                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5321                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5322                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5323                                       llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5324
5325  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5326  /// type.
5327  ///
5328  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5329  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5330  ///
5331  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5332  llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5333                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5334
5335  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5336  /// parameter packs.
5337  ///
5338  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5339  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5340  ///
5341  /// \code
5342  ///   void f(T...);
5343  /// \endcode
5344  ///
5345  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5346  /// a variadic function.
5347  ///
5348  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5349  /// false otherwise.
5350  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5351
5352  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5353  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5354  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5355
5356  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5357  ///
5358  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5359  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5360  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5361  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5362  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5363  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5364  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5365  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5366    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5367    TDK_Success = 0,
5368    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5369    TDK_Invalid,
5370    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5371    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5372    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5373    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5374    /// for every template parameter.
5375    TDK_Incomplete,
5376    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5377    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5378    TDK_Inconsistent,
5379    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5380    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5381    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5382    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5383    TDK_Underqualified,
5384    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5385    /// resulted in an error.
5386    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5387    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5388    /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that
5389    /// produces a type that does not match the original template
5390    /// arguments provided.
5391    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5392    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5393    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5394    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5395    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5396    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5397    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5398    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5399    /// template arguments for the given template.
5400    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5401    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5402    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5403    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution
5404  };
5405
5406  TemplateDeductionResult
5407  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5408                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5409                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5410
5411  TemplateDeductionResult
5412  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5413                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5414                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5415                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5416                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5417                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5418
5419  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5420  // deduction for a call.
5421  struct OriginalCallArg {
5422    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5423                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5424                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5425      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5426        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5427
5428    QualType OriginalParamType;
5429    unsigned ArgIdx;
5430    QualType OriginalArgType;
5431  };
5432
5433  TemplateDeductionResult
5434  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5435                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5436                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5437                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5438                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5439           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5440
5441  TemplateDeductionResult
5442  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5443                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5444                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5445                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5446                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5447
5448  TemplateDeductionResult
5449  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5450                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5451                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5452                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5453                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5454
5455  TemplateDeductionResult
5456  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5457                          QualType ToType,
5458                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5459                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5460
5461  TemplateDeductionResult
5462  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5463                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5464                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5465                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5466
5467  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5468  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5469    DAR_Succeeded,
5470    DAR_Failed,
5471    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5472  };
5473
5474  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5475                                  TypeSourceInfo *&Result);
5476  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5477
5478  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5479                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5480                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5481                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5482                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5483  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5484                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5485                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5486                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5487                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5488                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5489                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5490                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5491                                        bool Complain = true,
5492                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5493
5494  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5495  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5496                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5497                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5498                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5499
5500  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5501                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5502                                  unsigned Depth,
5503                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5504  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5505                                     llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5506    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5507  }
5508  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5509                                         FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5510                                         llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5511
5512  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5513  // C++ Template Instantiation
5514  //
5515
5516  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5517                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5518                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5519                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5520
5521  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5522  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5523    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5524    enum InstantiationKind {
5525      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5526      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5527      TemplateInstantiation,
5528
5529      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5530      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5531      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5532      /// arguments as specified.
5533      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5534      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5535
5536      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5537      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5538      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5539      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5540
5541      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5542      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5543      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5544
5545      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5546      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5547      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5548      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5549      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5550      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5551
5552      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5553      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5554      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5555      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5556
5557      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5558      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5559      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5560
5561      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5562      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5563      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5564    } Kind;
5565
5566    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5567    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5568
5569    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5570    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5571    /// arguments.
5572    NamedDecl *Template;
5573
5574    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5575    Decl *Entity;
5576
5577    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5578    /// are not part of the entity.
5579    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5580
5581    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5582    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5583
5584    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5585    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5586    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5587
5588    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5589    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5590    /// template instantiation.
5591    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5592
5593    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5594      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5595        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5596
5597    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5598    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5599    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5600
5601    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5602                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5603      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5604        return false;
5605
5606      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5607        return false;
5608
5609      switch (X.Kind) {
5610      case TemplateInstantiation:
5611      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5612        return true;
5613
5614      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5615      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5616        if (X.Template != Y.Template)
5617          return false;
5618
5619        // Fall through
5620
5621      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5622      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5623      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5624      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5625        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5626
5627      }
5628
5629      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5630    }
5631
5632    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5633                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5634      return !(X == Y);
5635    }
5636  };
5637
5638  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5639  ///
5640  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5641  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5642  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5643  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5644  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5645    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5646
5647  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5648  /// template instantiation.
5649  ///
5650  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5651  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5652  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5653
5654  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5655  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5656  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5657  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5658
5659  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5660  /// error or warning was produced.
5661  ///
5662  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5663  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5664  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5665  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5666  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5667
5668  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5669  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5670  ///
5671  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5672  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5673  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5674  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5675
5676  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5677  /// within a \c Sema object.
5678  ///
5679  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5680  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5681    Sema &Self;
5682    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5683
5684  public:
5685    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5686      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5687      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5688    }
5689
5690    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5691      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5692    }
5693  };
5694
5695  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5696
5697  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5698  ///
5699  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5700  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5701  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5702
5703  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5704  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5705  /// deduction.
5706  ///
5707  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5708  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5709    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5710
5711  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5712  /// instantiation.
5713  ///
5714  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5715  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5716  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5717  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5718  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5719  ///
5720  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5721  /// the stack.
5722  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5723    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5724    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5725    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5726                          Decl *Entity,
5727                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5728
5729    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
5730    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
5731    /// of a function template.
5732    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5733                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
5734                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5735
5736    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5737    /// template-id.
5738    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5739                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5740                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5741                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5742
5743    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5744    /// template-id.
5745    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5746                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5747                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5748                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
5749                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5750                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5751
5752    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
5753    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
5754    /// specialization.
5755    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5756                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
5757                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5758                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5759                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5760
5761    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5762                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
5763                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5764                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5765
5766    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
5767    /// non-type or template template parameter.
5768    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5769                          NamedDecl *Template,
5770                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5771                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5772                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5773
5774    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5775                          NamedDecl *Template,
5776                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5777                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5778                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5779
5780    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
5781    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
5782    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5783                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5784                          NamedDecl *Param,
5785                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5786                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5787
5788
5789    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
5790    void Clear();
5791
5792    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
5793
5794    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
5795    /// recursive template instantiations.
5796    operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
5797
5798  private:
5799    Sema &SemaRef;
5800    bool Invalid;
5801    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5802    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5803                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5804
5805    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5806
5807    InstantiatingTemplate&
5808    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5809  };
5810
5811  void PrintInstantiationStack();
5812
5813  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
5814  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
5815  /// errors.
5816  ///
5817  /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
5818  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
5819  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
5820  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
5821  llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
5822
5823  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
5824  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
5825  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
5826    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
5827           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
5828    return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated;
5829  }
5830
5831  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
5832  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
5833  /// deduction.`
5834  class SFINAETrap {
5835    Sema &SemaRef;
5836    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
5837    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5838    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5839
5840  public:
5841    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
5842      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
5843        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
5844                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
5845        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
5846    {
5847      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
5848        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
5849      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5850    }
5851
5852    ~SFINAETrap() {
5853      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
5854      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
5855        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5856      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5857    }
5858
5859    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
5860    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
5861      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
5862    }
5863  };
5864
5865  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
5866  /// variables.
5867  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
5868
5869  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
5870  unsigned TyposCorrected;
5871
5872  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
5873    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
5874
5875  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
5876  /// name lookup.
5877  ///
5878  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
5879  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
5880  /// string represents a keyword.
5881  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
5882
5883  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
5884  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
5885
5886  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
5887  ///
5888  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
5889  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
5890  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
5891  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
5892  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
5893  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
5894  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
5895
5896  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5897  /// but have not yet been performed.
5898  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
5899
5900  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5901  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
5902  ///
5903  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
5904  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
5905  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
5906  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
5907  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
5908
5909  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
5910
5911  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5912                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5913                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5914
5915  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
5916                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5917                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5918
5919  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
5920                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5921                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5922
5923  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5924                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5925                                        SourceLocation Loc,
5926                                        DeclarationName Entity,
5927                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
5928                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
5929  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
5930                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5931                                int indexAdjustment,
5932                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
5933                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
5934  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
5935                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5936                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5937                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5938                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
5939  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
5940                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5941
5942  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
5943  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
5944  ///
5945  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
5946  ///
5947  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
5948  ///
5949  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
5950  /// default arguments will be dropped.
5951  ///
5952  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
5953  ///
5954  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
5955  ///
5956  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5957  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
5958                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5959                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
5960
5961  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
5962                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5963
5964  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
5965                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5966
5967  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
5968                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5969                       bool CXXDirectInit);
5970
5971  bool
5972  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
5973                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
5974                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5975
5976  bool
5977  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5978                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
5979                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5980                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
5981                   bool Complain = true);
5982
5983  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5984                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
5985                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5986                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
5987
5988  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
5989    const Attr *TmplAttr;
5990    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
5991    Decl *NewDecl;
5992
5993    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
5994                              Decl *D)
5995      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
5996    { }
5997  };
5998  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
5999
6000  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6001                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6002                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6003                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6004
6005  bool
6006  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6007                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6008                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6009                           bool Complain = true);
6010
6011  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6012                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6013                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6014                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6015
6016  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6017                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6018                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6019                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6020
6021  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6022  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6023                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6024
6025  DeclarationNameInfo
6026  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6027                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6028  TemplateName
6029  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6030                    SourceLocation Loc,
6031                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6032  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6033             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6034             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6035
6036  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6037                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6038  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6039                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6040                                     bool Recursive = false,
6041                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6042  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6043                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6044                                     VarDecl *Var,
6045                                     bool Recursive = false,
6046                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6047
6048  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6049                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6050                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6051
6052  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6053                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6054  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6055                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6056
6057  // Objective-C declarations.
6058  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6059    OCK_None = -1,
6060    OCK_Interface = 0,
6061    OCK_Protocol,
6062    OCK_Category,
6063    OCK_ClassExtension,
6064    OCK_Implementation,
6065    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6066  };
6067  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6068
6069  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6070                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6071                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6072                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6073                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6074                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6075                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6076                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6077                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6078                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6079
6080  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6081                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6082                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6083                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6084
6085  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6086    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6087    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6088    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6089
6090  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6091                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6092                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6093                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6094                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6095                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6096                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6097
6098  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6099                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6100                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6101                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6102                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6103                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6104                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6105                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6106                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6107
6108  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6109                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6110                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6111                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6112                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6113
6114  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6115                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6116                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6117                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6118                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6119
6120  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6121                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6122
6123  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6124                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6125                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6126                                     unsigned NumElts);
6127
6128  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6129                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6130                                        unsigned NumElts,
6131                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6132
6133  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6134                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6135                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6136                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6137
6138  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6139  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6140  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6141  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6142                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6143                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6144                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6145
6146  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6147  /// setters and getters as needed.
6148  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6149  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6150  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6151  ///        in class extension.
6152  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6153  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6154                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6155                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6156                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6157
6158
6159  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6160                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6161                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6162  void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
6163
6164
6165  void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols);
6166
6167  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6168                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6169
6170  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
6171                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
6172
6173  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6174                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6175                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6176                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6177
6178  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6179                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6180                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6181                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6182                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6183                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6184                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6185
6186  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6187                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6188                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6189                              bool ImplKind,
6190                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6191                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6192                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6193
6194  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6195    OSMK_None,
6196    OSMK_Alloc,
6197    OSMK_New,
6198    OSMK_Copy,
6199    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6200    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6201  };
6202
6203  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6204    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6205    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6206    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6207    // in this case.
6208    ParsedType Type;
6209    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6210
6211    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6212    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6213  };
6214
6215  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6216    Scope *S,
6217    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6218    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6219    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6220    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6221    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6222    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6223    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6224    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6225    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6226    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6227    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6228
6229  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6230                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6231                                              bool IsInstance);
6232  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6233                                           bool IsInstance);
6234
6235  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6236
6237  ExprResult
6238  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6239                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6240                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6241                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6242                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6243                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6244                            bool Super);
6245
6246  ExprResult
6247  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6248                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6249                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6250                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6251
6252  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6253
6254  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6255  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6256  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6257    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6258    ObjCSuperMessage,
6259    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6260    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6261    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6262    /// name.
6263    ObjCClassMessage
6264  };
6265
6266  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6267                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6268                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6269                                     bool IsSuper,
6270                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6271                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6272
6273  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6274                               Selector Sel,
6275                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6276                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6277                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6278                               MultiExprArg Args);
6279
6280  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6281                               QualType ReceiverType,
6282                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6283                               Selector Sel,
6284                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6285                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6286                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6287                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6288                               MultiExprArg Args,
6289                               bool isImplicit = false);
6290
6291  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6292                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6293                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6294                                       Selector Sel,
6295                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6296                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6297
6298  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6299                               ParsedType Receiver,
6300                               Selector Sel,
6301                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6302                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6303                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6304                               MultiExprArg Args);
6305
6306  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6307                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6308                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6309                                  Selector Sel,
6310                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6311                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6312                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6313                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6314                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6315                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6316
6317  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6318                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6319                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6320                                          Selector Sel,
6321                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6322                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6323
6324  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6325                                  Expr *Receiver,
6326                                  Selector Sel,
6327                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6328                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6329                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6330                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6331
6332  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6333                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6334                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6335                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6336                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6337
6338  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6339                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6340                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6341                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6342                                  ParsedType Type,
6343                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6344                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6345
6346  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6347
6348  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6349  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6350  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6351                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
6352                               bool IsImplementation);
6353
6354  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6355  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6356    RTC_Compatible,
6357    RTC_Incompatible,
6358    RTC_Unknown
6359  };
6360
6361  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6362                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6363                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6364
6365  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6366    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6367    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6368    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6369    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6370    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6371    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6372  };
6373
6374  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6375  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6376                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6377
6378  enum PragmaPackKind {
6379    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6380    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6381    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6382    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6383  };
6384
6385  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6386    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6387    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6388  };
6389
6390  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6391  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6392                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6393                       Expr *Alignment,
6394                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6395                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6396                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6397
6398  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6399  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6400
6401  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6402  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6403                         Scope *curScope,
6404                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6405
6406  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6407  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6408                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6409
6410  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6411                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6412  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6413
6414  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6415  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6416                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6417                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6418
6419  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6420  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6421  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6422                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6423                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6424                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6425                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6426
6427  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6428  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6429                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6430                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6431                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6432                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6433
6434  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6435  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6436  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6437
6438  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6439  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6440  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6441
6442  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6443  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6444
6445  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6446  void FreePackedContext();
6447
6448  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6449  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6450  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6451                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6452
6453  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6454  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6455  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6456
6457  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6458  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6459  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6460
6461  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6462  void FreeVisContext();
6463
6464  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6465  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6466  /// the appropriate attribute.
6467  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6468
6469  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6470  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6471                      bool isDeclSpec);
6472  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6473                      bool isDeclSpec);
6474
6475  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6476  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6477    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6478    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6479    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6480    CCK_CStyleCast,
6481    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6482    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6483    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6484    CCK_OtherCast
6485  };
6486
6487  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6488  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6489  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6490  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6491                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6492                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6493                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6494                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6495
6496  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6497  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6498  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6499
6500  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6501  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6502  /// required.
6503  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6504
6505  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6506  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6507  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6508
6509  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6510  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6511  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6512
6513  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6514  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6515  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6516  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6517
6518  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6519  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6520  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6521  // type.
6522  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6523
6524  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6525  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6526  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6527  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6528
6529  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6530  enum VariadicCallType {
6531    VariadicFunction,
6532    VariadicBlock,
6533    VariadicMethod,
6534    VariadicConstructor,
6535    VariadicDoesNotApply
6536  };
6537
6538  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6539                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6540                                       Expr *Fn);
6541
6542  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6543  // vararg function.
6544  enum VarArgKind {
6545    VAK_Valid,
6546    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6547    VAK_Invalid
6548  };
6549
6550  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6551  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6552
6553  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6554  /// form of call prototypes.
6555  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6556                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6557                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6558                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6559                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6560                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6561                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6562                              bool AllowExplicit = false);
6563
6564  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6565  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6566  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6567                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6568
6569  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6570  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6571  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6572
6573  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6574  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6575  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6576  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6577  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6578  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6579                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6580
6581  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6582  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6583  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6584  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6585  /// source and destination type.
6586  enum AssignConvertType {
6587    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6588    Compatible,
6589
6590    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6591    /// accept as an extension.
6592    PointerToInt,
6593
6594    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6595    /// accept as an extension.
6596    IntToPointer,
6597
6598    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6599    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6600    FunctionVoidPointer,
6601
6602    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6603    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6604    IncompatiblePointer,
6605
6606    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6607    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6608    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6609    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6610    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6611
6612    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6613    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6614    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6615
6616    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6617    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6618    /// like address spaces.
6619    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6620
6621    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6622    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6623    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6624    /// extension.
6625    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6626
6627    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6628    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6629    IncompatibleVectors,
6630
6631    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6632    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6633    IntToBlockPointer,
6634
6635    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6636    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6637    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6638
6639    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6640    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6641    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6642    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6643
6644    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6645    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6646    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6647
6648    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6649    /// represent it in the AST.
6650    Incompatible
6651  };
6652
6653  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6654  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6655  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6656  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6657                                SourceLocation Loc,
6658                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6659                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6660                                bool *Complained = 0);
6661
6662  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6663  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6664  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6665                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6666
6667  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6668  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6669  /// C99 6.5.16.
6670  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6671                                               QualType LHSType,
6672                                               QualType RHSType);
6673
6674  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6675  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6676  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6677                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6678                                               CastKind &Kind);
6679
6680  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6681  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6682  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6683  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6684                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6685                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6686
6687  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6688  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6689  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6690                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6691
6692  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6693
6694  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6695
6696  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6697                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6698                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6699  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6700                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6701                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6702                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6703  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6704                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6705                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6706                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6707                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6708  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6709                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6710                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6711                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6712
6713  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6714  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6715
6716  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6717  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6718                           ExprResult &RHS);
6719  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
6720    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6721    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
6722  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6723    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
6724    bool IsDivide);
6725  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6726    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6727    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6728  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6729    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6730    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6731  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6732    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6733    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6734  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
6735    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6736    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6737  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
6738    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
6739                                bool isRelational);
6740  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
6741    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6742    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6743  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
6744    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
6745  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
6746  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
6747  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
6748  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
6749    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
6750
6751  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6752                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
6753  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6754                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
6755                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6756  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
6757  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
6758
6759  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
6760    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6761    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6762  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
6763    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
6764    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
6765  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
6766                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
6767  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
6768                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
6769                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
6770    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
6771    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
6772                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
6773    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
6774    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
6775    return Composite;
6776  }
6777
6778  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6779                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6780
6781  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6782                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6783
6784  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
6785  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6786                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
6787  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
6788  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6789                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
6790  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6791                                      SourceLocation Loc);
6792
6793  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
6794  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
6795
6796  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
6797
6798  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
6799  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
6800  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
6801  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
6802    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
6803    /// reference binding is not possible.
6804    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
6805    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
6806    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
6807    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
6808    Ref_Related,
6809    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
6810    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
6811    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
6812    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
6813    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
6814    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
6815    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
6816    Ref_Compatible
6817  };
6818
6819  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
6820                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
6821                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
6822                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
6823                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
6824
6825  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
6826                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
6827                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
6828
6829  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
6830  /// given type.
6831  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
6832
6833  /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an
6834  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
6835  ///
6836  /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the
6837  ///   argument is invalid.
6838  QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result);
6839
6840  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
6841  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6842  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
6843  // returns true if the cast is invalid
6844  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
6845                       CastKind &Kind);
6846
6847  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
6848  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6849  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
6850  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
6851  // returns the cast expr
6852  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
6853                                CastKind &Kind);
6854
6855  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6856                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6857                                        Expr *CastExpr,
6858                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6859
6860  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
6861
6862  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
6863  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
6864  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
6865                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
6866                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6867
6868  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6869  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6870
6871  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
6872                                             QualType ExprType);
6873
6874  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
6875  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
6876  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
6877  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
6878  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
6879
6880  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6881  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
6882  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
6883
6884  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6885  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
6886  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6887
6888  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
6889  /// \param Method - May be null.
6890  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
6891  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
6892  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
6893                                 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel,
6894                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6895                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
6896                                 bool isSuperMessage,
6897                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
6898                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
6899
6900  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
6901  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
6902  /// and the form of the message send.
6903  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
6904                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6905                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
6906
6907  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
6908  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
6909  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
6910
6911  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
6912  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
6913  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
6914  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
6915  ///
6916  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
6917  /// 'if' keyword.
6918  /// \return true iff there were any errors
6919  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
6920
6921  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
6922                                   Expr *SubExpr);
6923
6924  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
6925  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
6926  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
6927
6928  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
6929  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
6930  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
6931
6932  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
6933  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
6934
6935  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
6936  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
6937  /// the specified diagnostic.
6938  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
6939                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
6940                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
6941
6942  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
6943  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
6944  /// in the global scope.
6945  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
6946
6947  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
6948  /// expression violations.
6949  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
6950  public:
6951    bool Suppress;
6952
6953    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
6954
6955    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
6956    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
6957    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
6958  };
6959
6960  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
6961  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
6962  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
6963  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6964                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
6965                                             bool AllowFold = true);
6966  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6967                                             unsigned DiagID,
6968                                             bool AllowFold = true);
6969  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
6970
6971  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
6972  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
6973  /// Returns false on success.
6974  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
6975  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
6976                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
6977                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
6978
6979  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
6980    CFT_Device,
6981    CFT_Global,
6982    CFT_Host,
6983    CFT_HostDevice
6984  };
6985
6986  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
6987
6988  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
6989                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
6990
6991  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
6992    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
6993                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
6994  }
6995
6996  /// \name Code completion
6997  //@{
6998  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
6999  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7000    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7001    PCC_Namespace,
7002    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7003    PCC_Class,
7004    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7005    /// or category.
7006    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7007    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7008    /// category implementation
7009    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7010    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7011    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7012    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7013    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7014    /// headers.
7015    PCC_Template,
7016    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7017    /// headers within a class.
7018    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7019    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7020    PCC_Expression,
7021    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7022    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7023    PCC_Statement,
7024    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7025    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7026    PCC_ForInit,
7027    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7028    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7029    PCC_Condition,
7030    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7031    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7032    /// in the grammar.
7033    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7034    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7035    PCC_Type,
7036    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7037    /// might also be a type cast.
7038    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7039    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7040    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7041    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7042  };
7043
7044  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7045  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7046                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7047  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7048                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7049                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7050
7051  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7052  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7053                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7054  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7055                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7056                                       bool IsArrow);
7057  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7058  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7059  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7060  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7061  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7062  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7063  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7064  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7065  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7066
7067  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7068                               bool EnteringContext);
7069  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7070  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7071  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7072  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7073  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7074  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
7075                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
7076                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
7077  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7078                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7079
7080  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7081  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7082  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7083  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7084  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7085  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7086  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7087  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7088                                   bool IsParameter);
7089  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7090  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7091                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7092                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7093                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7094  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7095                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7096                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7097                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7098                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7099  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7100                                       IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7101                                       unsigned NumSelIdents,
7102                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7103                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7104  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7105                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7106  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7107                                IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7108                                unsigned NumSelIdents);
7109  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7110                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7111  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7112  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7113  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7114                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7115                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7116  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7117  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7118                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7119                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7120  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7121                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7122                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7123  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7124  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7125                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7126  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7127                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7128                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7129  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7130                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7131                                          bool AtParameterName,
7132                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7133                                          IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7134                                          unsigned NumSelIdents);
7135  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7136  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7137  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7138  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7139  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7140                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7141                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7142                                             unsigned Argument);
7143  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7144  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7145                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7146                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7147  //@}
7148
7149  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7150  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7151
7152public:
7153  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7154                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7155
7156private:
7157  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7158                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7159                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7160  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7161  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7162  // FunctionDeclaration.
7163  struct FormatStringInfo {
7164    unsigned FormatIdx;
7165    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7166    bool HasVAListArg;
7167  };
7168
7169  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7170                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7171  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7172                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7173  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7174                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
7175  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7176                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7177  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7178                            Expr **Args,
7179                            unsigned NumArgs,
7180                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7181                            SourceLocation Loc);
7182
7183  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7184                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7185                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7186                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7187
7188
7189  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7190
7191  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7192  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7193  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7194
7195  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7196  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7197  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7198
7199public:
7200  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7201  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7202
7203private:
7204  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7205  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7206  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7207  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7208  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7209                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7210  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7211                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7212
7213  enum FormatStringType {
7214    FST_Scanf,
7215    FST_Printf,
7216    FST_NSString,
7217    FST_Strftime,
7218    FST_Strfmon,
7219    FST_Kprintf,
7220    FST_Unknown
7221  };
7222  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7223
7224  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7225    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7226    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7227    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7228  };
7229
7230  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7231                                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7232                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7233                                               unsigned format_idx,
7234                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7235                                               FormatStringType Type,
7236                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7237                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7238
7239  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7240                         Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
7241                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7242                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7243                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7244
7245  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
7246                            unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
7247                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7248                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7249  bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7250                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7251                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7252                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7253                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7254
7255  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7256                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7257                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7258
7259  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7260                               unsigned BId,
7261                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7262
7263  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7264                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7265
7266  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7267                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7268
7269  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7270                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7271  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7272  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7273
7274  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7275                                   Expr *Init);
7276
7277public:
7278  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7279  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7280                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7281                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7282
7283  struct TypeTagData {
7284    TypeTagData() {}
7285
7286    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7287        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7288        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7289    {}
7290
7291    QualType Type;
7292
7293    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7294    /// layout-compatibility.
7295    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7296    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7297  };
7298
7299  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7300  /// identifies the magic value.
7301  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7302
7303private:
7304  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7305  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7306      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7307
7308  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7309  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7310  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7311                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7312
7313  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7314  ///
7315  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7316  Scope *CurScope;
7317
7318protected:
7319  friend class Parser;
7320  friend class InitializationSequence;
7321  friend class ASTReader;
7322  friend class ASTWriter;
7323
7324public:
7325  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7326  ///
7327  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7328  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7329  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7330  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7331  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7332  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7333  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7334
7335  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7336
7337  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7338    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7339  }
7340
7341  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7342
7343  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7344    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7345    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7346    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7347      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7348    return DC;
7349  }
7350};
7351
7352/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7353class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7354  Sema &Actions;
7355
7356public:
7357  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7358                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7359                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7360                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7361    : Actions(Actions) {
7362    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7363                                            IsDecltype);
7364  }
7365  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7366                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7367                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7368                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7369    : Actions(Actions) {
7370    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7371                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7372                                            IsDecltype);
7373  }
7374
7375  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7376    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7377  }
7378};
7379
7380}  // end namespace clang
7381
7382#endif
7383